{"id":"C2004A03386","name":"Cheques Act 1986","slug":"cheques-act-1986","collection":"act","jurisdiction":"commonwealth","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":"145 of 1986","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":7489,"registerId":"commonwealth-C2004A03386-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-03-30","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"Part I","sectionType":"part","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Part I—Preliminary","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Short title","content":"#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commencement","content":"#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law","content":"#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheques a financial institution draws on itself","content":"#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement","content":"#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Act","content":"#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of Act to external Territories","content":"#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Act binds the Crown","content":"#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"Part II","sectionType":"part","heading":"Cheques","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"Division 1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Form","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheque defined","content":"#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Order to pay","content":"#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unconditional order to pay","content":"#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Order addressed to a financial institution","content":"#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Order to pay on demand","content":"#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Order to pay a sum certain","content":"#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Date of cheque etc.","content":"#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Optional stipulations","content":"#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inchoate instruments","content":"#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"Division 2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Order and bearer cheques","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee","content":"#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheques either payable to order or to bearer","content":"#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheques payable to order","content":"#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheques payable to bearer","content":"#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order","content":"#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheques payable to order of specified person","content":"#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"Division 3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Delivery","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement","content":"#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requisites for effective delivery","content":"#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective","content":"#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Presumption of effective delivery","content":"#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Delivery of cheque payable to bearer","content":"#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"Division 4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Capacity","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Capacity to incur liability on cheque","content":"#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"Division 5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Signature","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Signature essential to liability on cheque","content":"#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unauthorised signature","content":"#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Person signing as agent or in representative capacity","content":"#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Procuration signature","content":"#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"Division 6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Consideration","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Valuable consideration defined","content":"#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Presumption of value","content":"#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Holder taking cheque for which value has been given","content":"#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Holder having lien","content":"#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"Part III","sectionType":"part","heading":"Negotiability of cheques","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Every cheque transferable by negotiation","content":"#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of cheque by negotiation","content":"#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requisites for indorsement","content":"#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of order cheque without indorsement","content":"#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons","content":"#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed","content":"#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conditional indorsement","content":"#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation","content":"#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser","content":"#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Order of indorsements","content":"#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation","content":"#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Holder in due course defined","content":"#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Presumption that holder is holder in due course","content":"#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Holder deriving title through holder in due course","content":"#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing and crossed cheque defined","content":"#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of crossing on payment of cheque","content":"#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable","content":"#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Persons who may add crossing to cheque","content":"#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Multiple crossings","content":"#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"Part IV","sectionType":"part","heading":"Presentment and dishonour","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented","content":"#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"59","sectionType":"section","heading":"When presentment dispensed with","content":"#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of failure to present within reasonable time","content":"#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Due presentment defined","content":"#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"61A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Presentment by financial institution","content":"#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"62","sectionType":"section","heading":"External presentment by financial institution","content":"#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"62A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Internal presentment by drawee institution","content":"#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Presentment by person other than financial institution","content":"#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proper place","content":"#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"65","sectionType":"section","heading":"External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places","content":"#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"65A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places","content":"#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deposit institution to present cheques promptly","content":"#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly","content":"#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"68","sectionType":"section","heading":"How paid cheque to be dealt with","content":"#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dishonour defined","content":"#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour","content":"#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"70A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured","content":"#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"70B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured","content":"#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"Part V","sectionType":"part","heading":"Liabilities on cheques","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Liability of drawer","content":"#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Estoppel against drawer","content":"#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Liability of indorser","content":"#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Estoppels against indorser","content":"#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser","content":"#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Measure of damages on dishonour","content":"#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transferor by delivery","content":"#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"78","sectionType":"section","heading":"When cheque discharged","content":"#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment in due course","content":"#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque","content":"#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature","content":"#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of discharge of cheque","content":"#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"83","sectionType":"section","heading":"When indorser discharged","content":"#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renunciation of rights against indorser","content":"#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cancellation of indorser’s signature","content":"#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of discharge of indorser","content":"#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of payment by drawer or indorser","content":"#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"Part VI","sectionType":"part","heading":"Duties and liabilities of financial institutions","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Cheque not assignment of funds","content":"#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stale cheque","content":"#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity","content":"#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque","content":"#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing","content":"#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing","content":"#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement","content":"#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution","content":"#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee","content":"#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"Part VII","sectionType":"part","heading":"Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques","content":"An Act relating to cheques and certain other negotiable instruments\n\n## Part I—Preliminary\n\n#### 1 Short title\n\n  This Act may be cited as the Cheques Act 1986.\n\n#### 2 Commencement\n\n  This Act shall come into operation on such day as is, or on such respective days as are, fixed by Proclamation.\n\n#### 3 Interpretation\n\n  (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> action includes a counter‑claim and set‑off.\n\n> agency cheque means a cheque to which subsection 100(2) applies.\n\n> Note: Under section 100A, subsection 100(2) may, in specified circumstances, apply to a cheque even if the customer’s signature on the cheque is not authorised.\n\n> Australia includes the external Territories.\n\n> bearer means the person in possession of a cheque payable to bearer.\n\n> delivery, in relation to a cheque, means the transfer of possession of the cheque from one person to another.\n\n> drawee institution, in relation to a cheque, means the financial institution on which the cheque is drawn.\n\n> FCA institution means a body that is:\n\n    (a) a registered entity under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001; and\n    (b) prescribed for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> financial institution means:\n\n    (a) the Reserve Bank of Australia; or\n    (b) a body corporate that is an ADI (authorised deposit‑taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959; or\n    (d) a person who carries on State banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n    (e) a person (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (d)) who carries on the business of banking outside Australia.\n\n> holder means:\n\n    (a) in relation to a cheque payable to order—the payee or an indorsee who is in possession of the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be; and\n    (b) in relation to a cheque payable to bearer—the bearer.\n\n> issue, in relation to a cheque, means the first delivery of the cheque to a person who takes the cheque as holder.\n\n> possession, in relation to a cheque, means possession (whether actual or constructive) of the cheque.\n\n> to or to the order of has the meaning given by subsection (1A).\n\n> value means valuable consideration as defined by section 35.\n\n  (1A) For the purposes of this Act, a cheque is payable to or to the order of a person or persons if:\n    (a) it is expressed to be payable:\n    (i) to the person or persons; or\n    (ii) to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); or\n    (iii) to the person or persons or to the order of the person or persons (or words to that effect); and\n    (b) it is not also expressed to be payable to bearer.\n  (2) A reference in this Act to an act or thing being done in good faith is a reference to the act or thing being done honestly, whether or not the act or thing is done negligently.\n  (3) Where a person obtains a cheque:\n    (a) by fraud, duress or other unlawful means; or\n    (b) for an illegal consideration;\n  the person’s title to the cheque is defective.\n  (4) Subsection (3) shall not be taken to limit by implication the circumstances in which the title of a person to a cheque is defective.\n  (5) Where, at any time, a cheque appears on its face to have been drawn more than 15 months before that time, the cheque is, at that time, a stale cheque.\n  (6) A reference in this Act to a signature or indorsement being written or placed on a cheque without the authority of the person whose signature or indorsement it purports to be includes a reference to the forging of the signature or indorsement.\n  (7) A reference in this Act to a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, being exhibited to a person includes a reference to the cheque or the copy, as the case may be, being delivered to the person.\n  (8) An alteration of a cheque is a material alteration if it alters, in any respect, a right, duty or liability of the drawer, an indorser or the drawee institution.\n\n#### 4 Application of rules in bankruptcy, laws of States and Territories and rules of the common law\n\n  (1) Nothing in this Act affects the application in relation to cheques of the rules in bankruptcy in force under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or the law of an external Territory.\n  (2) The laws of the States and Territories and the rules of the common law (including the law merchant), except in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, continue to apply in relation to cheques.\n  (3) The rules of the common law (including the law merchant) that apply to cheques drawn on banks also apply (by force of this subsection) to cheques drawn on financial institutions other than banks, as if those institutions were banks.\n\n#### 5 Cheques a financial institution draws on itself\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a cheque that a financial institution draws on itself.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a reference to a cheque in a provision in which a contrary intention appears, or in any of the following provisions:\n    (a) sections 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;\n    (b) subsection 17(3);\n    (c) subparagraph 59(b)(i);\n    (d) subsections 60(1), 62(12) and 62A(8);\n    (e) sections 88, 89, 90 and 91.\n  (3) Nothing in this Act (other than section 92, subsection 93(2) and section 94) is to be taken to affect any liability that, but for this Act, a financial institution would have in relation to a cheque drawn by it on itself.\n  (4) A reference in subsection (1) or (3) to a cheque drawn by a financial institution on itself is a reference to an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person.\n\n#### 6 Certain rights, duties and liabilities under Act may be altered by agreement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Act shall be taken to prevent 2 or more persons negating, inverting or otherwise altering, by agreement, their rights, duties and liabilities in relation to one another under this Act.\n  (2) Section 5, this section and sections 7 to 16 (inclusive), 19 to 24 (inclusive), 30 to 32 (inclusive), 39 to 41 (inclusive), 43 to 45 (inclusive), 53 to 57 (inclusive), 61, 61A, 62, 62A, 64 to 67 (inclusive), 79, 88, 90 to 95 (inclusive), 97, 98, 100, 115 and 116 have effect notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.\n\n#### 7 Application of Act\n\n  (1) This Act applies only in relation to cheques drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (2) Where a cheque is dated, the cheque shall be conclusively presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on that day.\n  (3) Where a cheque is undated, the cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have been drawn on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation.\n  (4) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person, on or after the day on which this Act comes into operation, in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, this Act applies in relation to the filling up of the instrument.\n\n#### 8 Extension of Act to external Territories\n\n  This Act extends to every external Territory.\n\n#### 9 Act binds the Crown\n\n  This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.\n\n## Part II—Cheques\n\n### Division 1—Form\n\n#### 10 Cheque defined\n\n  (1) A cheque is an unconditional order in writing that:\n    (a) is addressed by a person to another person, being a financial institution; and\n    (b) is signed by the person giving it; and\n    (c) requires the financial institution to pay on demand a sum certain in money.\n\n> Note: In this Act, financial institution has a restricted meaning—see the definition in subsection 3(1).\n\n  (2) An instrument that does not comply with subsection (1), or that orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is not a cheque.\n\n#### 11 Order to pay\n\n  An order to pay must be more than an authorization or request to pay.\n\n#### 12 Unconditional order to pay\n\n  (1) An order to pay on a contingency is not an unconditional order to pay and the happening of the event does not make the order an unconditional order to pay.\n  (2) An order to pay shall not be taken not to be an unconditional order to pay by reason only that the order is coupled with either or both of the following:\n    (a) an indication of a particular account to be debited by the financial institution to which the order is addressed;\n    (b) a statement of the transaction giving rise to the order.\n\n#### 13 Order addressed to a financial institution\n\n  (1) An order to pay is not addressed to a financial institution unless:\n    (a) the order is addressed to a financial institution and to no other person;\n    (b) the order is addressed to one financial institution only; and\n    (c) the financial institution is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) An order to pay may be an order to pay addressed to a financial institution notwithstanding that a person other than the financial institution on which the instrument containing the order is drawn, the payee or the drawer is specified in the instrument.\n\n#### 14 Order to pay on demand\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), an order to pay is an order to pay on demand if:\n    (a) the order is expressed to require payment on demand, at sight or on presentation; or\n    (b) no time for payment is expressed in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 16(3), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment otherwise than on demand, at sight or on presentation.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay on demand if the order is expressed to require, or requires by implication, payment only:\n    (a) at or before a particular time; or\n    (b) where the instrument containing the order is presented at or before a particular time.\n\n#### 15 Order to pay a sum certain\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), an order to pay is not an order to pay a sum certain unless the sum ordered to be paid is specified with reasonable certainty in the instrument containing the order.\n  (2) Where more than one sum is expressed to be payable in an instrument containing an order to pay, the lesser or least, as the case may be, of the sums so expressed to be payable shall be taken to be the only sum ordered to be paid by the instrument.\n  (3) An order to pay may be an order to pay a sum certain notwithstanding that the order requires a sum to be paid according to a rate of exchange specified in, or to be ascertained as directed by, the instrument containing the order.\n  (4) Where an instrument contains:\n    (a) an order to pay a specified sum; and\n    (b) an order to pay not more than a specified sum;\n  the instrument shall be taken to require payment of the lesser of the sums so specified.\n\n#### 16 Date of cheque etc.\n\n  (1) Where a cheque, or any indorsement of a cheque, is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be the day on which the cheque was drawn or the indorsement made, as the case may be.\n  (2) A cheque is not invalid by reason only that:\n    (a) it is not dated;\n    (b) it is antedated or post‑dated; or\n    (c) the date it bears is a Sunday.\n  (3) For the purpose of determining whether a post‑dated instrument is a cheque, the fact that the instrument is post‑dated shall be disregarded.\n  (4) A cheque is not incomplete or irregular on its face by reason only that it is post‑dated (whether or not the date has arrived).\n\n#### 17 Optional stipulations\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque, waive, as regards the drawer, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque may, by an express stipulation written on the cheque:\n    (a) negative or limit the indorser’s liability on the cheque; or\n    (b) waive, as regards the indorser, the right to presentment of the cheque.\n  (3) A stipulation written on a cheque, being a stipulation of the kind referred to in subsection (1), shall not be taken to affect the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer and the drawee institution in relation to one another.\n\n#### 18 Inchoate instruments\n\n  (1) Where the drawer of an instrument that is signed, but is otherwise wanting in a material particular necessary for the instrument to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivers the instrument to another person in order that the instrument may be filled up as a complete cheque, any person in possession of the instrument shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have authority to fill up the instrument as a complete cheque in any way the person sees fit.\n  (2) Subject to subsection (4), an instrument to which subsection (1) applies is not enforceable against the drawer or a person who becomes an indorser of the instrument before the instrument is filled up as a complete cheque unless the instrument is filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n  (3) Reasonable time, for the purposes of subsection (2), is a question of fact.\n  (4) An instrument of the kind referred to in subsection (1) that has been filled up as a complete cheque shall, as regards a holder in due course, be conclusively presumed:\n    (a) to have been delivered to another person in order that the instrument might be filled up as a complete cheque; and\n    (b) to have been filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority given.\n\n### Division 2—Order and bearer cheques\n\n#### 19 Meaning of specification of person in cheque as payee or indorsee\n\n  (1) A person shall not be taken to be specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee unless the person:\n    (a) is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; and\n    (b) is not a fictitious or non‑existing person.\n  (2) Where the holder for the time being of an office is specified in a cheque as payee or indorsee, the person who is the holder for the time being of the office shall be taken to be named in the cheque as payee or indorsee, as the case may be.\n\n#### 20 Cheques either payable to order or to bearer\n\n  A cheque is either payable to order or payable to bearer.\n\n#### 21 Cheques payable to order\n\n  A cheque is payable to order if the cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as payee or indorsee.\n\n#### 22 Cheques payable to bearer\n\n  Where a cheque is not payable to order, the cheque:\n    (a) is a cheque payable to bearer; and\n    (b) shall be taken to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer.\n\n#### 23 Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order\n\n  (2) Where the only, or the last, indorsement of a cheque requires the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to bearer, the holder may, using the signature of the indorser, convert the cheque into a cheque payable to order by adding to, or altering, the indorsement so that the cheque is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque to or to the order of:\n    (a) a person specified in the cheque as indorsee; or\n    (b) 2 or more persons specified in the cheque, jointly or in the alternative, as indorsee.\n\n#### 24 Cheques payable to order of specified person\n\n  Where a cheque is expressed, whether originally or by indorsement, to be payable to the order of a person specified in the cheque as payee or indorsee and not to or to the order of the person, the cheque is nevertheless payable to the person or to the person’s order, at the person’s option.\n\n### Division 3—Delivery\n\n#### 25 Delivery essential for drawing or indorsement\n\n  A contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of a cheque is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the cheque.\n\n#### 26 Requisites for effective delivery\n\n  The delivery of a cheque is not effective to complete a contract arising out of the drawing or an indorsement of the cheque unless the delivery is made by the drawer or indorser, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the drawing or indorsement, as the case may be.\n\n#### 27 Drawing or indorsement may be shown to be ineffective\n\n  Subject to section 28, the delivery of a cheque by the drawer or an indorser may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not in order to issue the cheque or transfer it by negotiation, as the case may be.\n\n#### 28 Presumption of effective delivery\n\n  (1) The drawer of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the drawer’s contract on the cheque.\n  (2) An indorser of a cheque shall:\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course:\n    (i) where the holder in due course took the cheque from the indorser—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; or\n    (ii) in any other case—be conclusively presumed to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque; and\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have made an effective delivery of the cheque so as to complete the indorser’s contract on the cheque.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the operation of subsection 18(1) or (4) in relation to an instrument of the kind referred to in that first‑mentioned subsection.\n\n#### 29 Delivery of cheque payable to bearer\n\n  Where the holder of a cheque payable to bearer delivers the cheque to another person (whether or not the holder also indorses the cheque), the delivery of the cheque is effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation, whether or not the holder delivered the cheque to the other person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n### Division 4—Capacity\n\n#### 30 Capacity to incur liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Capacity to incur liability on a cheque is co‑extensive with capacity to contract.\n  (2) Subsection (1) does not enable a corporation to incur liability on a cheque if, but for that subsection, it would not have capacity to incur liability on the cheque.\n  (3) Where a cheque is drawn or issued by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the cheque is nevertheless a valid cheque.\n  (4) Where a cheque is indorsed by a person who does not have capacity or power to incur liability on a cheque, the indorsement is nevertheless effective as an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n### Division 5—Signature\n\n#### 31 Signature essential to liability on cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to this section and section 75, a person is not liable as the drawer or an indorser of a cheque unless the person signs the cheque as the drawer or an indorser, as the case may be.\n  (2) Where a person signs a cheque in the person’s business name or trade name or in a name other than the person’s own name, the person is liable on the cheque as if the person had signed it in the person’s own name.\n  (3) The signature of the name of a firm on a cheque shall be deemed to be the signature, by the person signing, of the names of all persons liable as partners in the firm.\n  (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the liability, under any other law of the Commonwealth or under a law of a State or Territory, of a person who signs, issues or authorizes to be signed or issued on behalf of a company a cheque, or an indorsement on a cheque, on which the name of the company does not appear in legible characters.\n\n#### 32 Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) Where a signature is written or placed on a cheque as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n  (2) Subject to sections 74 and 92, subsection 93(2), section 94 and subsections 95(1) and (3) and 98(1), where a signature is written or placed on a cheque otherwise than as that of the drawer without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be (in this subsection referred to as the relevant person), the signature is wholly inoperative as that of the relevant person unless:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature, as the case requires; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the relevant person;\n  but the signature operates as the signature of the person who wrote or placed it on the cheque in favour of any person who, in good faith and without notice that it had been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the relevant person, pays the cheque or takes the cheque for value.\n\n#### 33 Person signing as agent or in representative capacity\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity;\n    (b) the signer adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity; and\n    (c) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque;\n  the signer is not personally liable on the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a person (in this subsection referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and adds words to the signature indicating that the signer signs for or on behalf of a principal or in a representative capacity, but:\n    (i) the signer does not in fact sign for or on behalf of the principal or in the representative capacity, as the case may be; or\n    (ii) the person for or on whose behalf the signer signs the cheque is not named, or otherwise indicated with reasonable certainty, in the cheque; or\n    (b) a person (in this subsection also referred to as the signer) signs a cheque and merely adds words to the signature describing the signer as an agent or as having a representative capacity;\n  the addition of those words does not prevent the signer from being personally liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 34 Procuration signature\n\n  Where an agent writes or places a signature by procuration on a cheque:\n    (a) the signature operates as notice that the agent has only limited authority to sign for the agent’s principal; and\n    (b) the principal is not bound by the signature unless the agent, in signing the cheque, acts within the limits of the agent’s actual authority.\n\n### Division 6—Consideration\n\n#### 35 Valuable consideration defined\n\n  (1) Valuable consideration for a cheque may be constituted by:\n    (a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract; or\n    (b) an antecedent debt or liability.\n  (2) An antecedent debt or liability may constitute valuable consideration for a cheque whether or not the cheque is post‑dated.\n\n#### 36 Presumption of value\n\n  The drawer and each indorser of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have received value for the cheque.\n\n#### 37 Holder taking cheque for which value has been given\n\n  Where value has at any time been given for a cheque, the holder shall, as regards the drawer and indorsers who became indorsers before that time, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n#### 38 Holder having lien\n\n  A holder of a cheque who has a lien on the cheque (whether arising from contract or by operation of law) shall, to the extent of the amount for which the holder has the lien, be conclusively presumed to have taken the cheque for value.\n\n## Part III—Negotiability of cheques\n\n### Division 1—Transfer by negotiation\n\n#### 39 Every cheque transferable by negotiation\n\n  (1) Every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until it is discharged.\n  (2) Subsection (1) has effect in relation to a cheque notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the crossing of a cheque does not affect the transferability of the cheque by negotiation.\n  (4) Nothing in this section affects the transferability of a cheque otherwise than by negotiation.\n\n#### 40 Transfer of cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) The transfer of a cheque by negotiation is the transfer of the cheque from the holder to another person in such manner as to constitute the other person the holder.\n  (2) A cheque payable to order is transferred by negotiation if:\n    (a) it is indorsed by the holder; and\n    (b) the cheque is delivered so as to complete the contract arising out of the indorsement.\n  (3) A cheque payable to bearer is transferred by negotiation if it is delivered by the holder to another person (whether or not the cheque is indorsed by the holder).\n\n#### 41 Requisites for indorsement\n\n  (1) An indorsement of a cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless:\n    (a) the indorsement is written or placed on the cheque and signed by the indorser; and\n    (b) the indorsement is an indorsement of the entire cheque.\n  (2) An indorsement written or placed on an allonge to a cheque shall be taken to be written or placed, as the case may be, on the cheque.\n  (3) A mere signature on a cheque is, in point of form, sufficient for an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), an indorsement of a cheque that purports to transfer a part only of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque is not effective to transfer the cheque by negotiation.\n\n#### 42 Transfer of order cheque without indorsement\n\n  (1) Where the holder of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, delivers the cheque, for value, to another person in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation, the other person, by virtue of the delivery:\n    (a) receives the title that the holder had in the cheque; and\n    (b) acquires the right to have the holder indorse the cheque to the other person.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection 17(2), where a person is under an obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to indorse a cheque as an agent or in a representative capacity, the person may indorse the cheque in terms negativing the person’s own liability on the cheque.\n\n#### 43 Indorsement of order cheque payable jointly to 2 or more persons\n\n  Where a cheque payable to order is expressed to require the drawee institution to pay the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque jointly to or to the order of 2 or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all those persons must indorse the cheque in order to transfer the cheque by negotiation unless the person indorsing has, or the persons indorsing between them have, authority to sign for the person, or all the persons, not indorsing the cheque.\n\n#### 44 Indorsement where payee or indorsee misdescribed\n\n  Where, in a cheque payable to order:\n    (a) the payee or an indorsee is wrongly designated; or\n    (b) the name of the payee or an indorsee is misspelt;\n  the payee or indorsee, as the case may be (in this section referred to as the relevant person), may indorse the cheque in accordance with section 41, but using the designation or spelling in the cheque. The relevant person may also add his or her proper signature, but this is not necessary for the indorsement to be effective.\n\n#### 45 Conditional indorsement\n\n  Where an indorsement of a cheque purports to be conditional:\n    (a) the indorsement is effective as an indorsement of the cheque, whether or not the condition is fulfilled;\n    (b) a person paying the cheque may disregard the condition and may pay the cheque to the indorsee or a subsequent holder, whether or not the condition is fulfilled; and\n    (c) the fact that the indorsement purports to be conditional shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the holder is a holder in due course.\n\n#### 46 Transfer of stale or dishonoured cheque by negotiation\n\n  (1) Where a stale cheque is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person:\n    (a) takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque became a stale cheque; and\n    (b) does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque that has been dishonoured is transferred by negotiation to a person who takes the cheque with notice of the dishonour; and\n    (b) the cheque is not a stale cheque at the time of the transfer;\n  the person takes the cheque subject to any defect of title affecting the cheque at the time when the cheque was dishonoured.\n  (3) Where a cheque is a stale cheque, every transfer of the cheque by negotiation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been effected before the cheque became a stale cheque.\n\n#### 47 Transfer by negotiation back to drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to the drawer, the drawer:\n    (a) may strike out the indorsements (if any) of the cheque; and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorsements have been struck out, re‑issue the cheque, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the drawer was previously liable.\n  (2) Where a cheque is transferred by negotiation back to an indorser, the indorser:\n    (a) may strike out the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements (if any); and\n    (b) may, whether or not the indorser’s own indorsement and subsequent indorsements have been struck out, further transfer the cheque by negotiation, but is not entitled to enforce payment against any person to whom the indorser was previously liable.\n\n#### 48 Order of indorsements\n\n  Where there are 2 or more indorsements of a cheque, the indorsements shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been made in the order (if any) in which they appear on the cheque.\n\n#### 49 Rights acquired by transfer by negotiation\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque may sue on the cheque in the holder’s own name.\n  (2) A holder of a cheque who is a holder in due course:\n    (a) holds the cheque free from any defect in the title of prior parties as well as from mere personal defences available to prior parties against one another; and\n    (b) may enforce payment of the cheque against any person liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) the title of the holder of a cheque is defective; and\n    (b) the holder transfers the cheque by negotiation to a holder in due course;\n  the holder in due course receives a good and complete title to the cheque.\n\n### Division 2—Holder in due course\n\n#### 50 Holder in due course defined\n\n  (1) The holder of a cheque is a holder in due course if:\n    (a) the cheque was transferred by negotiation to the holder and, at the time when the holder took the cheque, the cheque:\n    (i) was complete and regular on the face of it;\n    (ii) was not a stale cheque; and\n    (iii) did not bear a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b); and\n    (b) the holder took the cheque:\n    (i) in good faith;\n    (ii) for value; and\n    (iii) without notice:\n    (A) of any dishonour of the cheque; or\n    (B) of any defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder or that the person who transferred the cheque to the holder had no title to the cheque.\n  (2) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (1)(b), the holder of a cheque shall, for the purposes of that paragraph, be deemed to have taken the cheque with notice of a defect in the title of the person who transferred the cheque to the holder if the holder took the cheque with notice that the person transferred the cheque to the holder in breach of faith or under circumstances amounting to a fraud.\n\n#### 51 Presumption that holder is holder in due course\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a cheque shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a holder in due course.\n  (2) Where, in an action or proceeding on a cheque, it is admitted or proved that the drawing or issue, or a transfer by negotiation, of the cheque is affected by fraud, duress or illegality, the holder shall not be presumed, by virtue of subsection (1), to be a holder in due course unless and until the holder proves that, after the alleged fraud, duress or illegality, value was, in good faith, given for the cheque.\n\n#### 52 Holder deriving title through holder in due course\n\n  A holder of a cheque (whether or not the holder took the cheque for value) who:\n    (a) derives title to the cheque through a holder in due course; and\n    (b) is not a party to any fraud, duress or illegality affecting the cheque;\n  has, as regards the drawer and the indorsers prior to the holder in due course, all the rights of the holder in due course.\n\n### Division 3—Crossings\n\n#### 53 Crossing and crossed cheque defined\n\n  (1) Where a cheque clearly bears across the front of the cheque the addition of:\n    (a) 2 parallel transverse lines; or\n    (b) 2 parallel transverse lines with the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines;\n  the addition is a crossing of the cheque, and the cheque is a crossed cheque.\n  (2) Nothing written or placed on a cheque, other than an addition of a kind referred to in subsection (1), is effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the addition of the words not negotiable to a cheque otherwise than between, or substantially between, 2 parallel transverse lines across the front of the cheque is not effective as a crossing of the cheque.\n\n#### 54 Effect of crossing on payment of cheque\n\n  A crossing of a cheque has effect as a direction by the drawer to the drawee institution not to pay the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution.\n\n#### 55 Effect of taking cheque crossed not negotiable\n\n  Where a cheque that bears a crossing of the kind referred to in paragraph 53(1)(b) is transferred by negotiation to a person, the person does not receive, and is not capable of giving, a better title to the cheque than the title that the person from whom the first‑mentioned person took the cheque had.\n\n#### 56 Persons who may add crossing to cheque\n\n  A crossing may be added to a cheque by:\n    (a) the drawer; or\n    (b) any other person in possession of the cheque.\n\n#### 57 Multiple crossings\n\n  (1) A person in possession of a cheque may add a crossing to the cheque notwithstanding that, when the cheque came into the person’s possession, a crossing had already been added to the cheque.\n  (2) A person in possession of a cheque that, when it came into the person’s possession, bore across the front of the cheque 2 parallel transverse lines, without the words not negotiable between, or substantially between, the lines, may add those words between, or substantially between, the lines.\n\n## Part IV—Presentment and dishonour\n\n### Division 1—Presentment\n\n#### 58 Drawer and indorsers of cheque not liable unless cheque presented\n\n  Subject to section 59, a person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque is not liable on the cheque unless the cheque is duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 59 When presentment dispensed with\n\n  Presentment of a cheque for payment is dispensed with:\n    (a) where the cheque cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be duly presented; or\n    (aa) if the drawee institution has become a failed financial institution within the meaning of subsection 70A(2); or\n    (b) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely:\n    (i) where:\n    (A) the drawee institution is not, as between the drawer and itself, under an obligation to pay the cheque; and\n    (B) the drawer had no reason to believe, at the time of the issue of the cheque, that the cheque would be paid if duly presented;\n    (ii) where the drawer has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment; or\n    (c) as regards an indorser, where the indorser has, expressly or by implication, waived the right to presentment.\n\n#### 60 Effect of failure to present within reasonable time\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is not duly presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue;\n    (b) the drawee institution becomes insolvent after the issue of the cheque;\n    (c) the drawer is, by reason of the insolvency of the drawee institution, unable to obtain payment from the drawee institution of the whole or a part of funds maintained with the drawee institution to meet the cheque; and\n    (d) the drawer assigns to the holder the drawer’s rights against the drawee institution in respect of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be;\n  the drawer is not liable on the cheque to the extent of those funds or that part of those funds, as the case may be.\n  (2) Due presentment of a cheque for payment is not effective to render an indorser liable on the cheque unless the presentment is effected within a reasonable time after its indorsement by the indorser.\n  (3) In determining what is a reasonable time for the purposes of subsection (1) or (2), regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) usage in relation to the presentment of cheques, including usage of trade and of financial institutions; and\n    (c) the facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque for payment was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the holder.\n\n#### 61 Due presentment defined\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), a cheque is duly presented for payment if a demand for payment of the cheque is made, in accordance with section 62, 62A or 63, on the drawee institution by or on behalf of the holder.\n  (2) Where a demand for payment of a cheque is made before the date of the cheque arrives, the cheque shall not, by reason of the demand, be taken to have been duly presented for payment.\n\n#### 61A Presentment by financial institution\n\n  A financial institution may present a cheque for payment in either of the following ways:\n    (a) by making an external presentment of the cheque (see section 62);\n    (b) by making an internal presentment of the cheque (see section 62A).\n\n#### 62 External presentment by financial institution\n\n  (1) A financial institution (the collecting institution) makes an external presentment of a cheque if the collecting institution makes a demand for payment of the cheque on the drawee institution (which is not the same institution as the collecting institution) on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise and the demand:\n    (a) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (b) is made:\n    (i) by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (c) is made:\n    (i) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (iii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iv) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (3) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the demand shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (3A) The demand must also specify, in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution:\n    (a) a place as the nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of subsection (6); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at the place.\n  (4) Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the demand shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the demand or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the demand.\n  (4A) A time is a nominated time for the collecting institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification in the demand of the days on which, and the hours during which, the collecting institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (4B) A means of communication is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at a particular place if the demand specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the collecting institution at that place.\n  (5) Where the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may request the collecting institution to furnish specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to it; or\n    (b) may, whether or not a request has been made by virtue of paragraph (a), request the collecting institution to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to it.\n  (6) The request must be made:\n    (a) to the collecting institution at a place that is a nominated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (b) at a time that is a nominated time for the collecting institution at that place; and\n    (c) using a means of communication that is a nominated means of communication for the collecting institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Subsection (3A) defines nominated place.\n\n> Note 2: Subsection (4A) defines nominated time.\n\n> Note 3: Subsection (4B) defines nominated means of communication.\n\n  (7) The request shall:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the collecting institution.\n  (8) Without limiting the generality of subsection (7), the request shall, for the purposes of that subsection, be taken to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque number;\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the collecting institution from the request.\n  (9) If the drawee institution makes a request in relation to the cheque, the collecting institution must:\n    (a) in the case of a request for further particulars—give the drawee institution those further particulars:\n    (i) at a place that is a designated place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; and\n    (ii) at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place; and\n    (iii) using a means of communication that is a designated means of communication for the drawee institution at that place; or\n    (b) in the case of a request to exhibit the cheque or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind—exhibit the cheque or the copy to the drawee institution:\n    (i) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at that place; or\n    (ii) at a place that is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection, at a time that is a designated time for the drawee institution at that place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65 defines designated exhibition place, designated place, designated time and designated means of communication.\n\n  (11) In furnishing the further particulars, the collecting institution shall:\n    (a) identify the request with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) provide the further particulars;\n  in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (12) Where a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section shall be taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 62A Internal presentment by drawee institution\n\n  (1) The drawee institution in relation to a cheque makes an internal presentment of the cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution, on behalf of a customer, another financial institution or otherwise, makes a demand for payment of the cheque on itself; and\n    (b) either:\n    (i) the demand is made by exhibiting the cheque to itself at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection; or\n    (ii) the demand is made otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque and is so made at:\n    (A) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (B) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (2) If the demand is made:\n    (a) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque; and\n    (b) at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place for the purposes of subsection (1);\n  the drawee institution may:\n    (c) request itself to exhibit the cheque, or a copy of the cheque of a specified kind, to itself at a specified place; or\n    (d) request itself to provide specified further particulars in relation to the cheque to itself at a specified place.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (3) The specified place must be:\n    (a) the proper place in relation to the cheque; or\n    (b) a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (4) The request must be made at the proper place in relation to the cheque, or at a place that is a notified place in relation to the cheque for the purposes of this subsection.\n\n> Note 1: Section 64 defines proper place.\n\n> Note 2: Section 65A defines notified place.\n\n  (5) The request must:\n    (a) identify the cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) be in a form that is intelligible to, or readily decipherable by, the drawee institution.\n  (6) Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the request is taken, for the purposes of that subsection, to identify the cheque with reasonable certainty if:\n    (a) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque number; and\n    (c) the account against which the cheque is drawn; and\n    (d) the proper place in relation to the cheque;\n  are specified in the request or are readily ascertainable by the drawee institution from the request.\n  (7) If the drawee institution makes a request, the drawee institution must exhibit the cheque or copy to itself at the place specified in the request.\n  (8) If a cheque is presented for payment otherwise than by exhibiting it to the drawee institution, nothing in this section is taken to relieve the drawee institution from any liability to which the drawee institution would have been subject in relation to the cheque if it had been presented by being exhibited to the drawee institution.\n\n#### 63 Presentment by person other than financial institution\n\n  A person other than a financial institution may present a cheque for payment by exhibiting the cheque, in person, to the drawee institution at the proper place in relation to the cheque at a reasonable hour on a day on which the drawee institution is open for business at the place at which the cheque is exhibited.\n\n#### 64 Proper place\n\n  The proper place in relation to a cheque is:\n    (a) in a case where there is specified in the cheque a place of business of the drawee institution—that place; or\n    (b) in any other case—the place of business of the branch of the drawee institution at which the account on which the cheque is drawn is maintained.\n\n#### 65 External presentment of cheques by financial institutions—designated places and designated exhibition places\n\n  (1A) The object of this section is to identify the following for the purposes of the rules about external presentment of cheques by financial institutions:\n    (a) designated places;\n    (b) designated exhibition places;\n    (c) designated times;\n    (d) designated means of communication.\n  (1) A financial institution may, by notice in the prescribed form published in the Gazette, specify a place as a designated place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act.\n  (2) The notice shall specify:\n    (a) either or both of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(1);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purpose of subsection 62(9);\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place; and\n    (c) the means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at the place.\n  (2A) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(1); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2B) If the notice specifies:\n    (a) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a designated place for the purposes of subsection 62(9); and\n    (b) exhibition as the means, or one of a number of means, by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place;\n  the place is a designated exhibition place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (2C) A time is a designated time for the financial institution at a particular place if the time is covered by the specification of the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at that place.\n  (2D) A means of communication is a designated means of communication for the financial institution at a particular place if the notice specifies the means as a means by which communications may be made to the financial institution at that place.\n  (3) The notice has effect on and from the day on which the notice is published in the Gazette or such later day as is specified in the notice.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the Gazette notice of the variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the date of the Gazette notice of variation or revocation.\n\n#### 65A Internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions—notified places\n\n  (1) The object of this section is to identify notified places for the purposes of the rules about internal presentment of cheques by financial institutions.\n  (2) A financial institution may, by written notice, specify a place as a notified place in relation to cheques for the purposes of this Act. The notice must be given to the eligible authority.\n\n> Note: Subsection (6) defines eligible authority.\n\n  (3) The notice must specify:\n    (a) one or more of the following, namely:\n    (i) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(1);\n    (ii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(3);\n    (iii) the cheques in relation to which the place is to be a notified place for the purposes of subsection 62A(4); and\n    (b) the days on which, and the hours during which, the financial institution will be open for business at the place.\n  (3A) The place is a notified place in relation to particular cheques for the purposes of subsection 62A(1), (3) or (4) if the notice specifies that the place is a notified place in relation to the cheques for the purposes of that subsection.\n  (4) If the notice is varied or revoked, the notice of variation or revocation must specify a day as the day on which the variation or revocation takes effect. The specified day must not be earlier than 30 days after the notice of variation or revocation is given to the eligible authority.\n  (5) The regulations may make provision for and in relation to the keeping of a register of notices under this section by the eligible authority. In particular, the regulations may make provision for:\n    (a) the register to be kept in such form and manner as the eligible authority directs; and\n    (b) persons to inspect the register; and\n    (c) persons to obtain information contained in the register; and\n    (d) fees to be charged by the eligible authority for such an inspection or for providing such information.\n  (6) In this section:\n\n> eligible authority means:\n\n    (a) Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited; or\n    (b) if another person is approved in writing by the Minister for the purposes of this section—that other person.\n\n#### 66 Deposit institution to present cheques promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the deposit institution) for collection for the holder, the deposit institution shall duly present the cheque for payment itself, or ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the deposit institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the deposit institution failed to duly present the cheque for payment itself, or to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf, as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for duly presenting the cheque itself and the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether the request was made to the deposit institution or to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque;\n    (iv) if the request was made to another financial institution acting on its behalf in relation to the presentment of the cheque—whether or not the other financial institution had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (v) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (vi) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vii) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (viii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (ix) the usage of financial institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the deposit institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the deposit institution.\n\n#### 67 Drawee institution to pay or dishonour promptly\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is duly presented for payment, the drawee institution shall either pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the drawee institution fails to do so, then, unless it has become aware of a defect in the holder’s title or that the holder has no title to the cheque, the drawee institution:\n    (a) may not dishonour the cheque; and\n    (b) is liable to pay the cheque to the holder.\n  (2) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the drawee institution failed to pay or dishonour the cheque as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque that has been duly presented for payment to be either paid or dishonoured promptly;\n    (b) the means by which, and the place at which, the cheque was presented;\n    (c) the means that were available to it for paying or dishonouring the cheque;\n    (d) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (e) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the payment and dishonour of cheques;\n    (f) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2) was made by it in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) the time within which the request was made;\n    (iv) the means by which the request was made;\n    (v) the means that were available to it for making the request;\n    (vi) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (vii) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (viii) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with;\n    (ix) if the request was a request to furnish further particulars and the request was complied with—the nature of the particulars furnished to it;\n    (x) the usage of financial institutions in relation to the making of requests under subsection 62(5) or 62A(2); and\n    (g) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in paying or dishonouring the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the drawee institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the drawee institution.\n  (3) Subsection (1) does not prejudice any rights that the drawee institution may have to debit the drawer’s account with the amount of the cheque.\n\n#### 68 How paid cheque to be dealt with\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the person who presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque, other than an agency cheque, is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5); and\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the drawee institution has, as against the collecting institution and any financial institution or FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (2A) If:\n    (a) an agency cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution); and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays the cheque;\n  the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)) has, as against the drawee institution, the collecting institution and any institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (3) Where:\n    (a) a relevant cheque is duly presented for payment by a financial institution (the collecting institution) otherwise than by exhibiting the cheque to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque is not exhibited to the drawee institution pursuant to a request under subsection 62(5);\n    (c) the drawee institution pays the cheque; and\n    (d) the cheque is in the actual possession of the collecting institution or another financial institution or an FCA institution on whose behalf the collecting institution duly presented the cheque;\n  the collecting institution, or the other financial institution or the FCA institution, as the case requires (in subsections (4) and (5) referred to as the relevant financial institution), shall, subject to subsection (4), retain the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, on behalf of the entitled institution, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  For this purpose, the entitled institution is the drawee institution, unless the cheque is an agency cheque. If the cheque is an agency cheque, the entitled institution is the financial institution or FCA institution that is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)).\n  (3A) If:\n    (a) the drawee institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque; and\n    (b) the drawee institution pays or has paid the cheque; and\n    (c) the cheque is not an agency cheque;\n  the drawee institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3AA) If:\n    (a) a financial institution or an FCA institution obtains possession of a relevant cheque, being an agency cheque; and\n    (b) the institution is the drawer of the cheque (disregarding the effect of subsection 100(2)); and\n    (c) the drawee institution has paid the cheque;\n  the institution must retain the cheque (subject to subsection (5)), or a copy of the cheque, for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (3B) Where a financial institution, pursuant to a request under subsection (4), obtains possession of a copy of a relevant cheque drawn on it, it shall retain a copy of the cheque for the period ending 7 years after the date of the cheque.\n  (4) The entitled institution referred to in subsection (3) may, at any time while the cheque, or a copy of the cheque, is being retained by the relevant financial institution on behalf of the entitled institution in accordance with subsection (3) or otherwise, request the relevant financial institution to deliver up the cheque, or the copy, to it and the relevant financial institution shall forthwith comply with the request.\n  (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect:\n    (a) any right that a person (including the drawer) has, against the drawee institution or relevant financial institution, to possession of the cheque; or\n    (b) any obligation that the relevant financial institution would have, apart from this section, to retain the cheque.\n  (6) Where a cheque is paid otherwise than by the drawee institution, the person paying the cheque has, as against the person paid, the right to possession of the cheque.\n  (7) A financial institution or an FCA institution that fails to retain a cheque, or a copy of a cheque, as required by subsection (3), (3A), (3AA) or (3B), commits an offence against this section punishable, upon conviction, by a fine not exceeding 100 penalty units.\n  (8) A reference in this section to the date of a cheque is, in the case of a cheque that is undated, a reference to the date of issue of the cheque.\n  (9) In this section:\n\n> copy, in relation to a cheque, includes a document in which there is recorded the information contained in the cheque.\n\n> public authority means an authority or body, whether a body corporate or not, established or incorporated for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth or of a State and includes a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State being a body corporate in which the Commonwealth or a State has a controlling interest.\n\n> relevant cheque means a cheque other than:\n\n    (a) a cheque drawn by a public authority; or\n    (b) a cheque whose amount does not exceed $200 or such higher amount as is specified by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n\n> State includes the Northern Territory.\n\n### Division 2—Dishonour\n\n#### 69 Dishonour defined\n\n  A cheque is dishonoured if the cheque is duly presented for payment and payment is refused by the drawee institution, being a refusal that is communicated by the drawee institution to the holder or the person who presented the cheque on the holder’s behalf.\n\n> Note: A cheque may be taken to be dishonoured in certain circumstances (see section 70A).\n\n#### 70 Drawer and indorsers of cheque liable whether or not given notice of dishonour\n\n  A person who is the drawer or an indorser of a cheque that has been dishonoured is liable on the cheque whether or not the person is given notice by any person of the dishonour.\n\n### Division 3—Turnback of cheques drawn on failed financial institutions\n\n#### 70A Certain cheques taken to be dishonoured\n\n  (1) A cheque that is lodged for collection with a financial institution that is not the drawee institution is taken to be dishonoured if the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution:\n    (a) after the cheque is lodged; and\n    (b) at a time when the cheque has not been settled.\n  The dishonour is taken to occur at the time when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution.\n\n> Note 1: For when the drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution, see subsection (2).\n\n> Note 2: For when a cheque has not been settled, see subsections (3) and (4).\n\n  (2) For the purposes of this section, a drawee institution becomes a failed financial institution if, and only if:\n    (a) the institution becomes a body corporate that is a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (b) someone takes control of the institution’s property for the benefit of the institution’s creditors because the institution is, or is likely to become, insolvent; or\n    (c) the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority:\n    (i) appoints a person to investigate the affairs of the institution, takes control of the business of the institution or appoints an administrator to take control of the business of the institution under section 13A of the Banking Act 1959; and\n    (ii) determines, in writing, that the institution is to be treated as a failed financial institution for the purposes of this Division.\n  (3) For the purposes of this section, a cheque has not been settled if, and only if:\n    (a) it has not been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is recognised under subsection (4); or\n    (b) it has been exchanged for settlement under a settlement system that is so recognised but the drawee institution’s liability in respect of the settlement for the exchange that includes the cheque has not been discharged under that system.\n  (4) The Reserve Bank of Australia may, by legislative instrument, determine that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system for the purposes of this section. The Reserve Bank of Australia is to take the public interest into account in determining that a settlement system is a recognised settlement system, and, in doing so, is to have regard to the rules that govern the system.\n\n#### 70B Consequences of cheque being taken to be dishonoured\n\n  If a cheque that has been lodged with a financial institution (the collecting financial institution) for collection is taken to be dishonoured under section 70A (the deemed dishonour) then:\n    (a) the deemed dishonour has the same consequences as if the cheque had been duly presented for payment and had been dishonoured in accordance with section 69; and\n    (b) if the cheque has not been duly presented for payment, the requirement in section 66 to duly present the cheque for payment does not apply; and\n    (c) if the collecting financial institution has made a provisional credit to an account in respect of the cheque, it may reverse that provisional credit; and\n    (d) if the drawee institution has made a provisional debit to an account in respect of the cheque, the provisional debit is taken to be reversed, by force of this section, immediately after the deemed dishonour.\n\n## Part V—Liabilities on cheques\n\n### Division 1—Liabilities of parties\n\n#### 71 Liability of drawer\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(1), section 59 and subsection 60(1), the drawer of a cheque, by drawing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as drawn; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the drawer will compensate the holder or an indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 72 Estoppel against drawer\n\n  The drawer of a cheque, by issuing the cheque, is estopped from denying to a holder in due course that the cheque was, at the time when the cheque was issued, a valid cheque.\n\n#### 73 Liability of indorser\n\n  Subject to subsection 17(2), section 59 and subsection 60(2), an indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, undertakes:\n    (a) that, on due presentment for payment, the cheque will be paid according to its tenor as indorsed by the indorser; and\n    (b) that:\n    (i) if the cheque is dishonoured when duly presented for payment; or\n    (ii) if presentment of the cheque for payment is dispensed with by virtue of paragraph 59(a) or (aa) and the cheque is unpaid after its date has arrived;\n    the indorser will compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay the cheque.\n\n#### 74 Estoppels against indorser\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque, by indorsing the cheque, is estopped:\n    (a) from denying to a holder in due course the genuineness and regularity, in all respects, of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements; and\n    (b) from denying to the indorsee to whom the indorser indorsed the cheque or a subsequent indorsee or to a holder who is not an indorsee:\n    (i) that the cheque was, at the time when the indorser indorsed it, a valid and undischarged cheque; and\n    (ii) that the indorser had, at that time, a good title to the cheque.\n  (2) The reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a holder in due course includes a reference to a person who, but for a signature being written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, would be a holder in due course.\n\n#### 75 Stranger signing cheque liable as indorser\n\n  (1) Where a person signs a cheque, otherwise than as the drawer or an indorser, intending to become liable on the cheque, the provisions of this Act (other than sections 25, 26 and 27 and subsection 28(2)) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the person as if the person were an indorser and the person’s signature were an indorsement.\n  (2) A person who signs a cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1):\n    (a) as regards a holder in due course—be conclusively presumed to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque; or\n    (b) as regards a holder who is not a holder in due course—be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, to have signed the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque;\n  unless it is apparent, on the face of the cheque, that the person did not sign the cheque intending to become liable on the cheque.\n\n#### 76 Measure of damages on dishonour\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a cheque is dishonoured, the holder may recover as damages from any person liable on the cheque, and an indorser who has been compelled to pay the cheque may recover as damages from the drawer or a prior indorser:\n    (a) if the cheque is dishonoured in Australia:\n    (i) the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that sum; and\n    (b) if the cheque is dishonoured outside Australia:\n    (i) the amount of the re‑exchange of the cheque; and\n    (ii) the amount of any interest that, in accordance with the regulations, is payable in respect of that amount.\n  (2) Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court for the recovery of damages under subsection (1), the court may, if it is of the opinion that justice so requires, direct that interest payable under that subsection be withheld in whole or in part.\n  (3) Damages recoverable under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be liquidated damages.\n\n#### 77 Transferor by delivery\n\n  (1) A transferor by delivery is a holder of a cheque payable to bearer who transfers the cheque by negotiation without indorsing the cheque.\n  (2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the cheque.\n  (3) Where the person to whom a transferor by delivery transfers the cheque by negotiation takes the cheque for value, the transferor by delivery warrants to the person:\n    (a) that the cheque is what it purports to be;\n    (b) that the transferor by delivery has the right to transfer the cheque by negotiation; and\n    (c) that the transferor by delivery is not, at the time of the transfer, aware of any fact that renders the cheque valueless.\n\n### Division 2—Discharge of liabilities of parties\n\n#### 78 When cheque discharged\n\n  (1) A cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) the cheque is paid in due course by the drawee institution;\n    (b) subject to section 80, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque; or\n    (c) subject to subsection 81(1), the holder intentionally cancels the cheque or the drawer’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) A cheque is also discharged if the cheque is fraudulently and materially altered by the holder.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of a cheque otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 79 Payment in due course\n\n  A cheque is paid in due course if the cheque is paid to the holder in good faith and without notice of any defect in the holder’s title or that the holder had no title to the cheque.\n\n#### 80 Renunciation of rights against drawer or all persons liable on cheque\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque does not discharge the cheque unless the renunciation is completed by delivery of the cheque to the drawer by the holder in order to give effect to the renunciation.\n\n#### 81 Cancellation of cheque or drawer’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, does not discharge the cheque if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where a cheque, or the drawer’s signature on a cheque, has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 82 Effect of discharge of cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a cheque is discharged by virtue of paragraph 78(1)(b) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the drawer or all persons liable on the cheque;\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation; and\n    (c) the person would, but for the discharge of the cheque, be a holder in due course of the cheque;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (3) Where a cheque is discharged under subsection 78(2) by an alteration of the cheque, then:\n    (a) a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be the holder may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the tenor of the cheque as altered, against:\n    (i) the person who made the alteration;\n    (ii) a person who authorized or agreed to the alteration; or\n    (iii) a person who indorsed the cheque after the alteration was made;\n    as if the cheque had not been discharged; and\n    (b) in a case where the alteration is not apparent—a person who, but for the discharge of the cheque, would be a holder in due course may enforce payment of the cheque, according to the original tenor of the cheque, against any other person as if the cheque had not been discharged.\n  (4) Subsection (1) shall not be taken to limit by implication the effects of the discharge of a cheque.\n\n#### 83 When indorser discharged\n\n  (1) An indorser of a cheque is discharged if:\n    (a) subject to section 84, the holder, at any time, absolutely and unconditionally renounces the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (b) subject to subsection 85(1), the holder intentionally cancels the indorser’s signature and the cancellation is apparent from the cheque.\n  (2) Where an indorser is discharged by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), any indorser who would have had a right of recourse against the first‑mentioned indorser is also discharged.\n  (3) Nothing in this section affects the discharge of an indorser otherwise than in accordance with this section.\n\n#### 84 Renunciation of rights against indorser\n\n  The renunciation by the holder of a cheque of the holder’s rights against an indorser does not discharge the indorser unless the renunciation is in writing signed by the holder.\n\n#### 85 Cancellation of indorser’s signature\n\n  (1) The cancellation of the signature of an indorser does not discharge the indorser if the cancellation is made under a mistake of fact.\n  (2) Where the signature of an indorser has been cancelled, the cancellation shall, unless the contrary is proved, be presumed:\n    (a) to have been made intentionally by a holder; and\n    (b) not to have been made under a mistake of fact.\n\n#### 86 Effect of discharge of indorser\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an indorser is discharged under subsection 83(1) or (2), all rights on the cheque against the indorser are extinguished.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an indorser is discharged:\n    (i) by virtue of paragraph 83(1)(a) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against the indorser; or\n    (ii) under subsection 83(2) by the renunciation of the holder’s rights against an indorser against whom the first‑mentioned indorser would have had a right of recourse; and\n    (b) a person takes the cheque without notice of the renunciation;\n  the person may enforce payment of the cheque as if the first‑mentioned indorser had not been discharged.\n\n#### 87 Effect of payment by drawer or indorser\n\n  (1) Where a cheque is paid by the drawer or an indorser (in this subsection referred to as the relevant party), the cheque is not discharged and, if the cheque is a cheque payable to order and the cheque is not indorsed to the relevant party, the relevant party acquires the right to have the person who was paid indorse the cheque to the relevant party so as to transfer the cheque by negotiation to the relevant party.\n  (2) The reference in subsection (1) to the drawer of a cheque does not include a reference to a drawer of a cheque who is also the drawee institution.\n\n## Part VI—Duties and liabilities of financial institutions\n\n### Division 1—The drawee institution\n\n#### 88 Cheque not assignment of funds\n\n  The drawing of a cheque does not, of itself, operate as an assignment of funds that are available, in the hands of the drawee institution, for the payment of the cheque.\n\n#### 89 Stale cheque\n\n  (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the drawee institution may refuse payment of a stale cheque.\n  (2) The drawee institution must not refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution to pay the cheque notwithstanding that it is a stale cheque.\n  (3) The drawee institution must refuse payment of a stale cheque if:\n    (a) the drawee institution is obliged, by an agreement with the drawer, not to pay the cheque after it has become stale; or\n    (b) the drawer directs the drawee institution not to pay the cheque after it has become stale.\n\n#### 90 Countermand of payment and notice of death or mental incapacity\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), the duty and authority of the drawee institution to pay a cheque are terminated by:\n    (a) countermand of payment;\n    (b) notice of the drawer’s mental incapacity to incur liability on a cheque; or\n    (c) notice of the drawer’s death.\n  (2) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply in relation to a cheque if:\n    (a) not more than 10 days have elapsed since the day on which the drawee institution received notice of the customer’s death; and\n    (b) it has not received a countermand of payment from a person who claims that the person is, or will be:\n    (i) entitled to administer the drawer’s estate; or\n    (ii) a beneficiary of the drawer’s estate.\n\n#### 91 Protection of drawee institution paying improperly raised cheque\n\n  Where:\n    (a) a cheque is fraudulently altered so as to increase the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the alteration is the only material alteration of the cheque made fraudulently; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque to the holder;\n  the drawee institution may, without prejudice to any other rights that it may have against the drawer, debit the drawer’s account according to the tenor of the cheque as drawn.\n\n#### 92 Protection of drawee institution paying crossed cheque in accordance with crossing\n\n  Subject to subsection 32(1), where the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a crossed cheque to a financial institution, the drawee institution is taken to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 93 Payment of crossed cheque otherwise than in accordance with crossing\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection (2), where the drawee institution pays a crossed cheque otherwise than to a financial institution, the drawee institution is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss the true owner suffers as a result of the cheque having been paid otherwise than to a financial institution.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) a crossed cheque is presented for payment to the drawee institution;\n    (b) the cheque, at the time of presentment, does not appear, on its face, to be, or at any time to have been, a crossed cheque; and\n    (c) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays the cheque otherwise than to a financial institution;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (d) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of its failure to pay the cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (e) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n#### 94 Protection of drawee institution paying cheque lacking indorsement or with irregular or unauthorised indorsement\n\n  (1) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque, whether or not to a financial institution; and\n    (b) an indorsement has been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of:\n    (i) the indorsement having been written or placed on the cheque without the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports to be; or\n    (ii) its failure to concern itself with the genuineness of, or the existence of authority for, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n  (2) Subject to subsection 32(1), where:\n    (a) the drawee institution, in good faith and without negligence, pays a cheque to a financial institution; and\n    (b) the cheque is not indorsed or is irregularly indorsed;\n  the drawee institution:\n    (c) does not, in paying the cheque, incur any liability by reason only of the absence of, or the irregularity in, the indorsement; and\n    (d) shall be deemed to have paid the cheque in due course.\n\n### Division 2—The collecting institution\n\n#### 95 Protection of institution collecting cheque for customer or another institution\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the collecting institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting institution):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the collecting institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the collecting institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n  (3) Where a financial institution (the collecting agent), in good faith and without negligence:\n    (a) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (b) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n  the collecting agent does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (4) Where:\n    (a) a financial institution (the collecting agent):\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for another financial institution or for an FCA institution; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, pays another financial institution or an FCA institution the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation;\n  the collecting agent shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (3), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 96 Rights of institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with a financial institution (the collecting institution) for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the collecting institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the collecting institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n## Part VII—Special provisions relating to FCA institutions and agency cheques\n\n### Division 1—Presentment and collection of cheques by FCA institutions\n\n#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.\n\n#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.\n\n#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.\n\n### Division 2—Agency cheques\n\n#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.\n\n#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.\n\n## Part IX—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n\n#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.\n\n#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.\n\n#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.\n\n#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.\n\n#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.\n\n#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"97","sectionType":"section","heading":"FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly","content":"#### 97 FCA institution to ensure cheques presented promptly\n\n  (1) Subject to sections 59 and 70B, where the holder of a cheque lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the holder, the FCA institution shall ensure that the cheque is duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as is reasonably practicable and, if the FCA institution fails to do so, it is liable to the holder for any loss that the holder thereby suffers.\n  (2) Where the drawee institution makes a request under subsection 62(5) in relation to the cheque, the cheque shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), be deemed not to have been duly presented for payment unless, and until, the request is complied with.\n  (3) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether the FCA institution failed to ensure that the cheque was duly presented for payment on its behalf as soon as was reasonably practicable, regard shall be had to:\n    (a) the fact that the instrument is a cheque and that it is reasonable to expect a cheque to be presented for payment promptly;\n    (b) the means that were available to it for having the cheque duly presented on its behalf;\n    (c) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (d) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to the presentment of cheques;\n    (e) in a case where a request under subsection 62(5) was made in relation to the cheque—the following matters, namely:\n    (i) the making of the request;\n    (ii) the nature of the request;\n    (iii) whether or not the financial institution to which the request was made had actual possession of the cheque;\n    (iv) whether or not the request was complied with;\n    (v) if the request was complied with—the time within which the request was complied with and the means by which the request was complied with;\n    (vi) the means that were available for complying with the request;\n    (vii) the relative speed, reliability and cost of those means;\n    (viii) the usage of financial institutions and FCA institutions in relation to requests under subsection 62(5); and\n    (f) any other facts of the particular case, including:\n    (i) the nature of the cheque and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the date of the cheque (if any) and the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (ii) whether any delay in presenting the cheque was:\n    (A) caused by circumstances beyond the control of the FCA institution; and\n    (B) not imputable to default, misconduct or negligence on the part of the FCA institution.","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer","content":"#### 98 Protection of FCA financial institution collecting cheque for customer\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution, in good faith and without negligence:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque; and\n    (b) the customer has no title, or has a defective title, to the cheque;\n  the FCA institution does not incur any liability to the true owner by reason only of having received payment of the cheque.\n  (2) Where:\n    (a) an FCA institution:\n    (i) receives payment of a cheque for a customer; or\n    (ii) receives payment of a cheque and, before or after receiving payment, credits a customer’s account with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque;\n    (b) the cheque is a cheque drawn payable to order that has not been transferred by negotiation; and\n    (c) the name specified in the cheque as the name of the payee:\n    (i) is the same as the name of the customer;\n    (ii) is the same as a business name or trade name of the customer; or\n    (iii) is so similar to the name of the customer, or a business name or trade name of the customer, that it is reasonable in all the circumstances for the FCA institution to have assumed that the customer was the person intended by the drawer to be the payee;\n  the FCA institution shall not be treated, for the purposes of subsection (1), as having been negligent by reason only of its failure to concern itself with the absence of, or irregularity in, an indorsement of the cheque.","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee","content":"#### 99 Rights of FCA financial institution collecting order cheque not indorsed by payee\n\n  Where:\n    (a) the payee of a cheque payable to order, without indorsing the cheque, lodges the cheque with an FCA institution for collection for the payee; and\n    (b) the FCA institution gives value for, or has a lien on, the cheque;\n  the FCA institution has such rights (if any) as it would have had if, before the lodgment of the cheque with it, the payee had indorsed the cheque in blank.","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Agency cheques","content":"#### 100 Agency cheques\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) the drawer of a cheque (the issuing institution) is a financial institution or an FCA institution; and\n    (b) the cheque was, at a time when it was wanting in a material particular necessary for it to be, on its face, a complete cheque, delivered by the issuing institution to a customer pursuant to an agreement under which the customer was authorised to fill up the cheque;\n  then, unless the cheque is signed by the customer:\n    (c) the customer is not liable on the cheque; and\n    (d) the customer’s account with the issuing institution may not be debited with the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.\n  (2) If the cheque is signed by the customer, then:\n    (a) as regards the holder or an indorser, the following provisions apply, namely:\n    (i) the issuing institution shall be taken:\n    (A) not to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) not to have signed the cheque;\n    (ii) the customer shall be taken:\n    (A) to have drawn the cheque; and\n    (B) to have signed the cheque as drawer; and\n    (b) as regards the customer, the issuing institution shall be taken to have the same duties and liabilities, and the same rights, in relation to the cheque as it would have had if:\n    (i) the customer had drawn the cheque; and\n    (ii) the cheque were addressed by the customer to the issuing institution; and\n    (iii) the cheque were drawn against the customer’s account with the issuing institution; and\n    (iv) if the issuing institution is an FCA institution—the issuing institution were a financial institution; and\n    (v) in a case where the drawee institution pays the cheque to a person—the issuing institution had paid the cheque to the person; and\n    (vi) in a case where the drawee institution dishonours the cheque—the issuing institution had dishonoured the cheque.","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"100A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unauthorised signature","content":"#### 100A Unauthorised signature\n\n  (1) A signature that is written or placed on a cheque as that of a customer of an FIC institution or an FCA institution without the authority of the customer whose signature it purports to be, only operates as the customer’s signature for the purposes of section 100 if:\n    (a) the person against whom it is sought to assert a right on the cheque is estopped from denying the genuineness of the signature or the existence of authority for the signature; or\n    (b) the signature is ratified or adopted by the customer.\n  (2) Subsection 32(1) does not apply to the signature.","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"Part IX","sectionType":"part","heading":"Miscellaneous","content":"## Part IX—Miscellaneous","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee","content":"#### 113 Payment of unindorsed order cheque as evidence of receipt by payee\n\n  A cheque drawn payable to order that:\n    (a) has not been indorsed by the payee; and\n    (b) appears to have been paid by the drawee institution;\n  is evidence of the receipt by the payee of the sum ordered to be paid by the cheque.","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Signature","content":"#### 114 Signature\n\n  (1) A person is taken to sign a cheque or other instrument if:\n    (a) the person’s signature is written on the cheque or instrument by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority; or\n    (b) the person’s signature is placed on the cheque or instrument, as provided in subsection (2), by the person or by another person acting under the first person’s authority.\n  (2) A financial institution, or an FCA institution, and a customer of the institution, may agree that the customer’s signature may be placed on a cheque or other instrument drawn on or by the institution by a stamp or other mechanical means as provided for in the agreement.","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque","content":"#### 115 Replacement of lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  (1) Where:\n    (a) a cheque (in this section referred to as the original cheque) is lost or destroyed; and\n    (b) the original cheque had not, at the time of its loss or destruction, been presented for payment or discharged;\n  a person (in this section referred to as the former holder) who was the holder of, or otherwise lawfully in possession of, the original cheque at the time of its loss or destruction may, by notice in writing given to the drawer of the original cheque, request the drawer to give the former holder a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (2) The notice is not effective for the purposes of this section unless it contains sufficient particulars of the original cheque to enable the drawer to:\n    (a) identify the original cheque with reasonable certainty; and\n    (b) draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque.\n  (3) The drawer may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer, request the former holder to give the drawer an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the drawer may reasonably incur by reason of the drawing of a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (4) The drawer shall:\n    (a) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the drawer requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (3), to give the drawer an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the drawer; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (1) is given to the drawer;\n  draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder.\n  (5) Where the original cheque had been indorsed before its loss or destruction, the former holder may give the replacement cheque to the indorser and request the indorser, by notice in writing, to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque.\n  (6) The indorser may, by notice in writing given to the former holder within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser, request the former holder to give the indorser an indemnity in respect of any loss and expenses that the indorser may reasonably incur by reason of the indorsing of the cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque, and may also request the former holder to provide adequate security for the indemnity.\n  (7) The indorser shall:\n    (a) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity and also to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser or the day on which the security is provided, whichever last occurs;\n    (b) in a case where the indorser requests the former holder, by notice under subsection (6), to give the indorser an indemnity, but does not also request the former holder to provide security for the indemnity—within 14 days after the day on which the indemnity is given to the indorser; or\n    (c) in any other case—within 14 days after the day on which the notice under subsection (5) is given to the indorser;\n  indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder.\n  (8) Where the drawer or indorser refuses or fails to comply with subsection (4) or (7), as the case requires, the former holder may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing:\n    (a) the drawer to draw a replacement cheque to the same tenor as the original cheque and give the replacement cheque to the former holder; or\n    (b) the indorser to indorse the replacement cheque to the same tenor as the indorser’s indorsement of the original cheque and give the replacement cheque so indorsed to the former holder;\n  as the case may be.\n  (9) Where an application is made to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8), the court may make the order on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable.\n  (10) In this section:\n\n> court of competent jurisdiction, in relation to an application for an order of a kind referred to in subsection (8) in relation to a replacement cheque, includes an inferior court of a State or Territory that has jurisdiction for the recovery of debts up to an amount not less than the sum (if any) that is, or it is claimed should be, ordered to be paid by the replacement cheque.\n\n> inferior court means:\n\n    (a) a County Court, District Court or Local Court; or\n    (b) a court of summary jurisdiction exercising civil jurisdiction.","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action on lost or destroyed cheque","content":"#### 116 Action on lost or destroyed cheque\n\n  Where an action or proceeding is brought in a court on a cheque that has been lost or destroyed, the court may, on such terms and conditions as it considers just and equitable, order that the loss or destruction of the cheque not be set up.","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conflict of laws","content":"#### 117 Conflict of laws\n\n  (1) Where a cheque drawn in one country is:\n    (a) payable in another country; or\n    (b) transferred by negotiation in another country;\n  the rights, duties and liabilities of the drawer, indorsers and holder shall be ascertained in accordance with this section.\n  (2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), the validity, as regards requisites in form, of a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (3) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), the question whether a particular instrument is a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place of issue.\n  (4) A cheque issued outside Australia is not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law.\n  (5) A cheque issued in Australia and payable outside Australia that is not stamped or properly stamped in accordance with the law of the place of issue or any other law:\n    (a) is not invalid by reason only that it is not so stamped; and\n    (b) may be received in evidence if the proper duty and penalty (if any) is paid.\n  (6) A cheque issued outside Australia that conforms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of Australia is, for the purpose of enforcing payment of the cheque, valid as between all persons who, in Australia, transfer the cheque by negotiation or hold or become indorsers of the cheque.\n  (7) The validity as regards requisites in form, of a supervening contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (8) Subject to subsection (10), the effects of a transfer of a cheque by negotiation shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is transferred by negotiation.\n  (9) The capacity of a person to incur liability on a contract on a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is made.\n  (10) Subject to subsections (12), (13) and (14), a contract on a cheque shall be interpreted and have effect in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (11) Without limiting the generality of subsection (10), where a cheque is dishonoured, the amount (if any) recoverable as damages in respect of a contract on the cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the contract is to be performed.\n  (12) The necessity for presentment for payment, and the sufficiency of a presentment for payment, in relation to a cheque shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (13) Where a cheque is dishonoured the necessity for, and the sufficiency of, a notice of dishonour, and any other act, in relation to the dishonour shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (14) Where a cheque drawn in one country is payable in another country, the date on and after which the cheque may be paid by the drawee institution shall be determined in accordance with the law of the place where the cheque is payable.\n  (15) In this section:\n\n> contract, in relation to a cheque, includes:\n\n    (a) a contract or warranty arising out of the drawing; and\n    (b) a supervening contract in relation to the cheque.\n\n> supervening contract, in relation to a cheque, includes a contract or warranty arising out of:\n\n    (a) an indorsement; or\n    (b) a transfer by negotiation.","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dividend warrants","content":"#### 118 Dividend warrants\n\n  (1) A reference in this Act to a cheque includes a reference to a warrant for payment of dividend.\n  (2) Nothing in this Act affects the validity of any usage relating to, or to the indorsement of, warrants for payment of dividend.","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Regulations","content":"#### 119 Regulations\n\n  The Governor‑General may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing matters:\n    (a) required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed; or\n    (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.","sortOrder":138}],"analysis":{"summary":{"name":"Cheques Act 1986","slug":"cheques-act-1986","title_id":"C2004A03386","version_id":7489,"analysis_type":"summary","content_quality":"high","complexity_score":4,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"Coverage matches the in-force consolidated text in Track Law (version 7489). The deep dive covers all nine numbered Parts, including sections 100 and 100A on agency cheques and the conflict of laws and regulation-making provisions in Part IX."},"complexity_factors":["Detailed statutory architecture covering form, negotiability, presentment, liability, discharge and protections of financial institutions across 113 sections.","Multiple specialised concepts (holder in due course, defective title, crossings, agency cheques) with overlapping operation.","Bank protection regime tied to good faith and absence of negligence, requiring detailed factual analysis in any claim.","Conflict of laws provisions and external Territory application.","Interaction with banking and financial sector legislation (Banking Act 1959, RBA Act 1959, Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001)."],"plain_english_summary":"The Cheques Act 1986 codifies the law of cheques and certain other negotiable instruments in Australia. It defines what a cheque is (section 10), prescribes who is liable on it, sets the rules for presentment for payment, fixes when the drawee institution must pay or dishonour, and tells you when a person qualifies as a holder in due course (section 50). It also governs how a cheque is crossed and what crossing means for negotiability (sections 53 to 57), how cheques are transferred by negotiation (Part III Division 1), how indorsements work, and when an indorser is discharged.\n\nThe Act runs across nine numbered Parts in the in-force version. Part I sets up interpretation and application. Part II sets the form and creation of cheques, delivery, capacity, signature and consideration. Part III deals with negotiability, holder in due course, and crossing. Part IV deals with presentment and dishonour, including the central duty of the drawee institution under section 67(1) to pay or dishonour as soon as is reasonably practicable. Part V sets liabilities and discharge, including the liability of drawer (section 71) and indorser (section 73). Part VI sets the duties and protections of financial institutions: cheque is not an assignment of funds (section 88), countermand and notice of death or mental incapacity terminate the duty to pay subject to a 10-day window (section 90), the drawee institution is protected when it pays an improperly raised cheque in good faith and without negligence (section 91), and the collecting institution is protected when it receives payment for a customer in good faith and without negligence (section 95). Part VII deals specially with FCA institutions and agency cheques (sections 97 to 100A). Part IX covers replacement of lost or destroyed cheques (section 115), conflict of laws (section 117), dividend warrants (section 118), and regulations (section 119)."},"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":721},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The legislation appears consistent with its original purpose as a comprehensive statute governing cheques and negotiable instruments. The inclusion of modern elements like electronic presentment (Sections 62, 62A), FCA institutions, and failed bank provisions (70A–70B) represents updates to address contemporary banking practices rather than scope creep."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing between Parts and Divisions (e.g., presentment rules in Part IV reference definitions in Part I)","Multiple conditional exceptions and carve-outs (e.g., Section 6 lists 40+ sections that cannot be overridden by agreement)","Nested definitions and defined terms (e.g., 'financial institution', 'holder', 'holder in due course', 'stale cheque', 'agency cheque')","Detailed procedural requirements for electronic presentment with multiple sub-conditions (Sections 62, 62A, 65, 65A)","Presumptions and rebuttable presumptions throughout (e.g., Sections 28, 36, 51)","Complex liability structures with multiple parties (drawer, endorser, collecting institution, drawee institution)","Special regimes for failed financial institutions (Sections 70A–70B) and agency cheques (Section 100) that modify general rules","Conflict of laws provisions with 14 subsections determining which law applies to international cheques (Section 117)"],"plain_english_summary":"This Act governs how cheques work in Australia — what makes a cheque valid, how it can be transferred, when banks must pay or refuse payment, and who is liable if things go wrong.\n\n**What it covers:**\n- **What counts as a cheque** — an unconditional written order to a financial institution to pay a specific sum on demand (Section 10)\n- **How cheques are transferred** — by \"negotiation\" (endorsement and delivery) to a new holder, who can then enforce payment (Part III)\n- **Crossed cheques** — cheques with two parallel lines that can only be paid to a bank, not cashed over the counter (Sections 53–57)\n- **When banks must pay or dishonour** — promptly after proper \"presentment\" (demand for payment), with detailed rules for how this happens electronically or in person (Part IV, especially Sections 61–67)\n- **Liability of drawers and endorsers** — they guarantee payment and must compensate the holder if the cheque is dishonoured (Part V)\n- **Protection for banks** — banks that pay in good faith without negligence are protected even if signatures are forged or missing (Sections 91–95)\n- **Special rules for failed banks** — cheques are deemed dishonoured if the drawee institution collapses before settlement (Sections 70A–70B)\n- **Agency cheques** — pre-signed cheques issued by banks to customers, which only become effective when the customer completes and signs them (Section 100)\n\n**Who it affects:** Anyone who writes, receives, deposits, or banks cheques — individuals, businesses, and financial institutions. The Act also covers \"FCA institutions\" (certain financial data collectors) and extends to Australia's external territories.\n\n**Why it matters:** It provides certainty and fairness in cheque transactions, protects honest banks and holders, and establishes clear rules for when payment can be stopped or refused."},"issue_detection":{"absurdities":[{"type":"other","section":"3(1) - definition of 'financial institution', paragraph (c)","severity":"medium","reasoning":"The definition lists paragraphs (a), (b), (d), and (e) with no paragraph (c). While this may result from a deliberate repeal of a former paragraph (c), no note or transitional provision explains the gap, creating potential ambiguity about whether the omission is intentional and whether a former class of institution retains any status.","confidence":0.85,"description":"The definition of 'financial institution' skips paragraph (c) entirely, jumping from (b) to (d). This creates a permanent gap in the legislative numbering that is unexplained and has no cross-reference explaining the omission."},{"type":"circular_definition","section":"62A(2)","severity":"high","reasoning":"The internal presentment mechanism in s62A involves the drawee institution acting simultaneously as both the presenting party and the institution upon which the demand is made. Subsection (2) then allows the drawee institution to 'request itself' to exhibit the cheque 'to itself at a specified place'. This is procedurally meaningless — a legal request requires two distinct parties. The fiction is acknowledged by the structure of the Act but collapses at the level of formal legal logic.","confidence":0.9,"description":"Section 62A purports to allow the drawee institution to make a request 'to itself' to exhibit the cheque 'to itself' or to provide further particulars 'to itself'. An institution cannot meaningfully make a formal legal request to itself as if to a separate legal person, rendering the procedural mechanism nonsensical."},{"type":"self_contradicting","section":"7(2)","severity":"medium","reasoning":"Section 16(2) explicitly validates antedated and post-dated cheques, meaning the date on the face of a cheque need not correspond to when it was actually drawn. Section 7(2) then conclusively deems the cheque to have been drawn on that date. The conclusive presumption applies even where the Act itself acknowledges the date may be artificial, creating a legal fiction that cannot be rebutted even by the drawer's own admission.","confidence":0.82,"description":"Section 7(2) provides that a dated cheque shall be 'conclusively presumed' to have been drawn on its date for the purpose of the Act's application. This is irrebuttable even where the date on the cheque is demonstrably false (e.g., antedated or post-dated), which s16(2) expressly permits. A cheque may thus be conclusively treated as drawn on a date that is admittedly not the actual date of drawing."},{"type":"impossible_compliance","section":"39(1) and 39(2)","severity":"medium","reasoning":"A drawer who writes 'not transferable' on a cheque intends to restrict its transfer. The Act nullifies this intention entirely. While this is a deliberate policy choice, it creates an impossible situation where a party cannot achieve via the cheque instrument itself what they are expressly trying to achieve, regardless of what words they use.","confidence":0.75,"description":"Section 39(1) states every cheque may be transferred by negotiation until discharged, and s39(2) states this applies 'notwithstanding anything written or placed on the cheque'. This renders words such as 'not transferable' or 'pay [named person] only' written on a cheque legally ineffective as restrictions on negotiability, which may conflict with commercial expectations and the drawer's evident intention."},{"type":"other","section":"23(2)","severity":"medium","reasoning":"The absence of subsection (1) in section 23 creates a structural gap. If subsection (1) was repealed, no note identifies this. The remaining subsection (2) may rely on context established in a missing subsection (1), potentially leaving the provision incomplete.","confidence":0.88,"description":"Section 23 begins at subsection (2) with no subsection (1). The section header refers to 'Conversion of cheque payable to bearer into cheque payable to order' but there is no subsection (1) anywhere in the provided text, suggesting either a drafting error or an unreferenced repeal."},{"type":"self_contradicting","section":"78(1)(b) and 80","severity":"low","reasoning":"The mechanism in s80 requires delivery 'to the drawer' to complete a renunciation of rights against all persons liable. If the holder wishes to renounce rights against indorsers without involving the drawer (e.g., the drawer is insolvent), the discharge of the entire instrument is blocked by the requirement to deliver to the drawer. Compare s84, which allows renunciation against an indorser merely by signed writing, creating an asymmetry.","confidence":0.72,"description":"Section 78(1)(b) states a cheque is discharged if the holder renounces rights against the drawer or all persons liable. Section 80 then conditions this on delivery of the cheque to the drawer. The combined effect is that renunciation of rights against 'all persons liable' — which would include indorsers — still requires delivery to the drawer specifically, even if the drawer is not the party whose discharge is primarily sought."},{"type":"other","section":"65(4)","severity":"low","reasoning":"The one-sided notice requirement creates an imbalance: instant creation of designated place obligations, but a mandatory 30-day delay before removal. While commercially understandable, the legislative drafting creates a structural asymmetry with no stated rationale.","confidence":0.68,"description":"Section 65(4) provides that revocation of a Gazette notice designating a place cannot take effect until at least 30 days after the Gazette notice of revocation. However, there is no minimum notice period for the original designation taking effect — it can apply from the day of publication. This asymmetry means a financial institution can immediately impose new presentment obligations on counterparties but cannot exit those obligations for at least 30 days."},{"type":"impossible_compliance","section":"97(3)","severity":"high","reasoning":"A provision that is literally incomplete on its face cannot be applied or complied with. The truncation at paragraph (d) means the full set of factors to be considered under s97(3) is unknowable from the text, creating an impossible compliance scenario for any party or court attempting to apply it.","confidence":0.99,"description":"Section 97(3) is truncated — the text ends mid-sentence with 'regard shall be had to: (a)...(b)...(c)...(d) the us' — indicating the provision is incomplete in the text as provided, rendering it partially unenforceable as drafted."},{"type":"other","section":"Part II heading and Part I—Preliminary (duplicated)","severity":"high","reasoning":"The verbatim repetition of all of Part I after the Part II heading suggests either a serious formatting/compilation error in the legislation as presented, or a structural defect in the Act itself. Courts and practitioners relying on the document would face confusion about which instance of the repeated provisions is operative.","confidence":0.97,"description":"The entire text of Part I (sections 1–9) is reproduced verbatim a second time immediately after the 'Part II Cheques' heading, before then restarting with 'Part II—Cheques'. This structural duplication is a gross drafting error that creates ambiguity about the Act's structure."}],"contradictions":[{"severity":"medium","section_a":"s16(2)(b) — antedated and post-dated cheques are not invalid","section_b":"s7(2) — dated cheque conclusively presumed drawn on its date","confidence":0.8,"description":"Section 16(2)(b) expressly validates antedated and post-dated cheques, acknowledging that the date on the face may not be the actual date of drawing. Section 7(2) then conclusively presumes that a dated cheque was drawn on the date it bears for the purpose of determining whether the Act applies. These provisions are in tension: a post-dated cheque drawn before the Act's commencement but dated after could be conclusively treated as subject to the Act when it factually is not."},{"severity":"medium","section_a":"s6(1) — parties may alter rights by agreement","section_b":"s6(2) — extensive list of provisions that apply notwithstanding any agreement","confidence":0.78,"description":"Section 6(1) grants a general freedom to contract out of the Act's provisions. Section 6(2) then lists so many mandatory provisions (spanning the definition sections, the crossing regime, presentment rules, payment protections, and liability framework) that the general freedom in s6(1) is rendered nearly illusory. The exception swallows the rule."},{"severity":"low","section_a":"s39(2) — cheque transferable notwithstanding anything written on it","section_b":"s55 — not negotiable crossing restricts title on transfer","confidence":0.65,"description":"Section 39(2) provides that a cheque is transferable by negotiation notwithstanding anything written on it, and s39(3) confirms that even a crossing does not affect transferability. Yet s55 provides that a 'not negotiable' crossing means the transferee cannot receive a better title than the transferor had. These are not a direct contradiction (transferability vs title quality) but s39's sweeping language ('notwithstanding anything written') could be read to override s55's title restriction, creating interpretive conflict."},{"severity":"high","section_a":"s67(1) — drawee institution may not dishonour after unreasonable delay","section_b":"s90(1) — countermand terminates duty and authority to pay","confidence":0.85,"description":"Section 67(1) provides that if the drawee institution fails to pay or dishonour a cheque as soon as reasonably practicable, it may not dishonour the cheque and is liable to pay it. Section 90(1) provides that a valid countermand terminates the duty and authority to pay. If a countermand is received during a period of unreasonable delay by the drawee institution, s67 would compel payment while s90 would prohibit it, with no express provision resolving the priority."},{"severity":"low","section_a":"s80 — renunciation requires delivery to drawer to discharge cheque","section_b":"s84 — renunciation of rights against indorser only requires signed writing","confidence":0.75,"description":"Section 80 requires physical delivery of the cheque to the drawer to complete a renunciation discharging the cheque. Section 84 requires only a signed writing to renounce rights against an indorser. This creates an inconsistency in the formalities required depending on who the renunciation is directed against, with no principled basis for the distinction articulated in the Act."},{"severity":"low","section_a":"s3(2) — good faith defined as honesty even if negligent","section_b":"s95(1)(a) — collecting institution protected only if acting in good faith AND without negligence","confidence":0.82,"description":"Section 3(2) defines good faith to mean acting honestly 'whether or not the act or thing is done negligently', expressly decoupling good faith from the absence of negligence. However, s95(1)(a) grants protection only where the institution acts 'in good faith and without negligence', treating the two as separate and cumulative requirements. Under the s3(2) definition, an institution could satisfy the 'good faith' limb while being negligent, but s95 would still deny protection on the negligence ground. This is consistent in outcome but creates a drafting redundancy that is potentially misleading — the 'good faith' element in s95 adds nothing beyond honesty, while the real protective condition is the separate negligence requirement."},{"severity":"medium","section_a":"s5(1) — references to 'cheque' include cheques drawn by financial institution on itself","section_b":"s10(1) — cheque defined as order addressed by one person to another person being a financial institution","confidence":0.88,"description":"Section 10(1) defines a cheque as an order addressed 'by a person to another person, being a financial institution', requiring two distinct persons. Section 5(4) then defines a self-drawn cheque as 'an instrument that would be a cheque if the drawer and drawee were not the same person', acknowledging the instrument fails the s10 definition. Section 5(1) then extends the Act to these instruments. While s5(2) excludes s10 from this extension, the Act applies most of its provisions to instruments that by its own definition are not cheques, creating a foundational conceptual tension."}]}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986","history":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986/history","analysis":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/cheques-act-1986/documents"}}